Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW

On March 10, I’ll hop on a plane from Boston Logan airport and head acrossPlease Help the country to Austin, Texas for this year’s SXSW conference. My plan is too learn, meet some cool folks, conduct a business meeting or two, and maybe engage in a shenanigan or two, but really who is counting? I also wanted to see if I could crowdsource a project, aeBook that will be free to benefit a community that is in dire need of advice and assistance – small businesses.

You see many small business owners are lost when it comes to social media and cannot afford a high-priced consultant or devote oodles of hours reading up on the space in Mashable. Plus who doesn’t like helping people out?

So what am I asking you to do? Well, I am just asking for 30-180 seconds of your time, to simply jot down a social media tip or best practice for small business owners on small business in the book that I am carrying – you can think of it of signing an autograph with a custom inscription.  Sound good? Well then I will see you in Texas around the panels and if you want to set up time, or I can help you with ANYTHING while out there, please do not hesitate to ask and feel free to contact me at the following:

  • @Jeffespo
  • Jeffesposito20 – Gmail
  • Facebook.com/jeffesposito

I would love to get 100+ tips to share, so please share this if you think someone would be willing to contribute a few lines of their thoughts – with full attribution and links back. And if you aren’t headed to SXSW and want to contribute, please leave a comment and how you want to be attributed in the comments below.

Thanks!

Jeff

 

Image – Shelter Rescue

 

365,642 Responses to Crowdsourcing help for Small Business at SXSW
  1. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  2. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  3. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  4. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  5. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  6. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  7. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  8. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  9. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  10. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  11. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  12. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  13. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  14. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  15. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  16. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  17. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  18. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  19. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  20. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  21. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  22. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  23. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  24. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  25. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  26. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  27. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  28. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  29. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  30. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  31. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  32. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  33. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  34. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  35. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  36. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  37. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  38. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  39. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  40. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  41. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  42. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  43. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  44. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  45. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  46. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  47. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  48. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  49. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

  50. PierreDeBois
    March 18, 2011 | 9:55 am

    Jeff,

    I think the best tip I can give is to jump in, but measure that social discussion over time. How well are you or your social media team following up with Twitter or Facebook followers? What is the quality of the engagement? What twists can you add to past statements to grow the discussion?

    If there is a lot of offline distraction from making sales and handling business problems, make a point to review the social media tool usage and results at the end of the quarter (end of the month over 3 months if there is a budget consumed for tool usage and advertising). Approach it like a publicly traded company does with stock analyst — you’re announcing to yourself and the team results, and trying to figure out guidance for next steps. Some approaches, like blogging takes time to build traction, sometimes longer than 3 months, but you should have periods to review social media usage and adjust.

    Also, in that review, ensure that what you measure has some relationship to the business – increased sales or increased customer satisfaction. Seek help if setting up metrics and measurement is not clear.

    P

Google